src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     CalcDimensions();
4226
4227     return true;
4228 }
4229
4230 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4231 {
4232     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4233     SetTargetWindow(this);
4234     ClearAttrCache();
4235     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4236
4237 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4238     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4239     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4240                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4241              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4242              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4243 #endif
4244
4245     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4246     // with dangling view pointer
4247     if ( m_ownTable )
4248         delete m_table;
4249     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4250         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4251
4252     delete m_typeRegistry;
4253     delete m_selection;
4254 }
4255
4256 //
4257 // ----- internal init and update functions
4258 //
4259
4260 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4261 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4262 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4263
4264 void wxGrid::Create()
4265 {
4266     // create the type registry
4267     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4268
4269     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4270
4271     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4272
4273     // Set default cell attributes
4274     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4280
4281 #if _USE_VISATTR
4282     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4283     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284
4285     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4287
4288 #else
4289     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4290         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4291     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4292         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4293 #endif
4294
4295     m_numRows = 0;
4296     m_numCols = 0;
4297     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4298
4299     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4300     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4301
4302     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4303     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4304                                               wxID_ANY,
4305                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4306                                               wxDefaultSize );
4307
4308     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4309                                               wxID_ANY,
4310                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4311                                               wxDefaultSize );
4312
4313     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4314                                                     wxID_ANY,
4315                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4316                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4317
4318     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4319                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4320                                   m_colLabelWin,
4321                                   wxID_ANY,
4322                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4323                                   wxDefaultSize );
4324
4325     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4326
4327 #if _USE_VISATTR
4328     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4329     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4330     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4331     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4332 #else
4333     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4334     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4335     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4336     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4337 #endif
4338
4339     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4341     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4343     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4345
4346     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4348
4349     Init();
4350 }
4351
4352 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4353                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4354 {
4355     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4356                  false,
4357                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4358
4359     m_numRows = numRows;
4360     m_numCols = numCols;
4361
4362     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4363     m_table->SetView( this );
4364     m_ownTable = true;
4365     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4366
4367     CalcDimensions();
4368
4369     m_created = true;
4370
4371     return m_created;
4372 }
4373
4374 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4375 {
4376     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4377                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4378
4379     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4380 }
4381
4382 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4383 {
4384     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4385                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4386
4387     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4388 }
4389
4390 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4391                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4392 {
4393     bool checkSelection = false;
4394     if ( m_created )
4395     {
4396         // stop all processing
4397         m_created = false;
4398
4399         if (m_table)
4400         {
4401             m_table->SetView(0);
4402             if( m_ownTable )
4403                 delete m_table;
4404             m_table = NULL;
4405         }
4406
4407         delete m_selection;
4408         m_selection = NULL;
4409
4410         m_ownTable = false;
4411         m_numRows = 0;
4412         m_numCols = 0;
4413         checkSelection = true;
4414
4415         // kill row and column size arrays
4416         m_colWidths.Empty();
4417         m_colRights.Empty();
4418         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4419         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4420     }
4421
4422     if (table)
4423     {
4424         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4425         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4426
4427         m_table = table;
4428         m_table->SetView( this );
4429         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4430         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4431         if (checkSelection)
4432         {
4433             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4434             // original one current cell and selection regions
4435             // might be invalid,
4436             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4437             m_currentCellCoords =
4438               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4439                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4440             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4441                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4442             {
4443                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4444                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445             }
4446             else
4447                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4448                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4449                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4450                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4451                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4452         }
4453         CalcDimensions();
4454
4455         m_created = true;
4456     }
4457
4458     return m_created;
4459 }
4460
4461 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4462 {
4463     m_created = false;
4464
4465     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4466     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_gridWin = NULL;
4469
4470     m_table = NULL;
4471     m_ownTable = false;
4472
4473     m_selection = NULL;
4474     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4475     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4476     m_winCapture = NULL;
4477 }
4478
4479 void wxGrid::Init()
4480 {
4481     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4482     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4483
4484     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4485     {
4486         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4487     }
4488     else
4489     {
4490         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4491     }
4492
4493     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4494
4495     // init attr cache
4496     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4497     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4499
4500     // TODO: something better than this ?
4501     //
4502     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4503     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4504
4505     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4506     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507
4508     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4509     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4511
4512     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4513     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4514
4515     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4516     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4517
4518 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4519     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4520 #else
4521     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4522 #endif
4523
4524     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4525     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4526     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4527     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4528     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4529
4530     m_canDragColMove = false;
4531
4532     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4533     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4534     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4535     m_canDragColSize = true;
4536     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4537     m_canDragCell = false;
4538     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4539     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4540     m_isDragging = false;
4541     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4542     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4543
4544     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4545
4546     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4547     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4548
4549     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4550
4551     ClearSelection();
4552
4553     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4554     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4555
4556     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4557
4558     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4559     m_batchCount = 0;
4560
4561     m_extraWidth =
4562     m_extraHeight = 0;
4563
4564     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4565     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4566 }
4567
4568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4569 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4570 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4571 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4572 // arrays at all
4573 //
4574 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4575 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4576 // this is not done currently
4577 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4578
4579 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4580 {
4581     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4582     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4583
4584     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4585     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586
4587     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4588
4589     int rowBottom = 0;
4590     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4591     {
4592         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4593         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4594     }
4595 }
4596
4597 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4598 {
4599     m_colWidths.Empty();
4600     m_colRights.Empty();
4601
4602     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4603     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604
4605     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4606
4607     int colRight = 0;
4608     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4609     {
4610         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4611         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4612     }
4613 }
4614
4615 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4616 {
4617     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4618 }
4619
4620 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4621 {
4622     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4623                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4624 }
4625
4626 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4627 {
4628     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4629                                  : m_colRights[col];
4630 }
4631
4632 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4633 {
4634     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4635 }
4636
4637 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4638 {
4639     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4640                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4641 }
4642
4643 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4644 {
4645     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4646                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4647 }
4648
4649 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4650 {
4651     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4652     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4653     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4654
4655     w += m_extraWidth;
4656     h += m_extraHeight;
4657
4658     // take into account editor if shown
4659     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4660     {
4661         int w2, h2;
4662         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4663         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4664         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4665         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4666
4667         // how big is the editor
4668         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4669         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4670         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4671         w2 += x;
4672         h2 += y;
4673         if ( w2 > w )
4674             w = w2;
4675         if ( h2 > h )
4676             h = h2;
4677         editor->DecRef();
4678         attr->DecRef();
4679     }
4680
4681     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4682     int x, y;
4683     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4684
4685     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4686     if ( x >= w )
4687         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4688     if ( y >= h )
4689         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4690
4691     // do set scrollbar parameters
4692     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695
4696     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4697     // still must reposition the children
4698     CalcWindowSizes();
4699 }
4700
4701 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4702 {
4703     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4704
4705     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4706         return;
4707
4708     int cw, ch;
4709     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4710
4711     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4712     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4713     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4714     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4715     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4716     //
4717     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4718     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4719     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4720     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4721     {
4722         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4723         // the fixed size elements
4724         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4725         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4726
4727         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4728
4729         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4730         {
4731             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4732             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4733             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4734             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4735         }
4736     }
4737
4738     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4739     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4740     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4741     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4742     if (gw < 0)
4743         gw = 0;
4744     if (gh < 0)
4745         gh = 0;
4746
4747     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4748         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4749
4750     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4751         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4752
4753     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4754         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4755
4756     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4757         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4758 }
4759
4760 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4761 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4762 //
4763 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4764 {
4765     int i;
4766     bool result = false;
4767
4768     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4769     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4770     ClearAttrCache();
4771
4772     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4773     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4774     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4775     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4776     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4777     HideCellEditControl();
4778
4779 #if 0
4780     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4781     // now
4782     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4783     {
4784         InitColWidths();
4785     }
4786
4787     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4788     {
4789         InitRowHeights();
4790     }
4791 #endif
4792
4793     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4794     {
4795         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4796         {
4797             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4798             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4799
4800             m_numRows += numRows;
4801
4802             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4803             {
4804                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4805                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4806
4807                 int bottom = 0;
4808                 if ( pos > 0 )
4809                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4810
4811                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4812                 {
4813                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4814                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4815                 }
4816             }
4817
4818             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4819             {
4820                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4821                 // cell will be undefined...
4822                 //
4823                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4824             }
4825
4826             if ( m_selection )
4827                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4828             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4829             if (attrProvider)
4830                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4831
4832             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4833             {
4834                 CalcDimensions();
4835                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4836             }
4837         }
4838         result = true;
4839         break;
4840
4841         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4842         {
4843             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4844             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4845             m_numRows += numRows;
4846
4847             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4848             {
4849                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4850                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4851
4852                 int bottom = 0;
4853                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4854                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4855
4856                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4857                 {
4858                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4859                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4860                 }
4861             }
4862
4863             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4864             {
4865                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4866                 // cell will be undefined...
4867                 //
4868                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4869             }
4870
4871             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4872             {
4873                 CalcDimensions();
4874                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4875             }
4876         }
4877         result = true;
4878         break;
4879
4880         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4881         {
4882             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4883             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4884             m_numRows -= numRows;
4885
4886             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4887             {
4888                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4889                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4890
4891                 int h = 0;
4892                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4893                 {
4894                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4895                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4896                 }
4897             }
4898
4899             if ( !m_numRows )
4900             {
4901                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4902             }
4903             else
4904             {
4905                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4906                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4907             }
4908
4909             if ( m_selection )
4910                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4911             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4912             if (attrProvider)
4913             {
4914                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4915
4916 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4917 #if 0
4918                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4919                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4920                 // all column attributes.
4921                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4922                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4923                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4924                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4925 #endif
4926             }
4927
4928             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4929             {
4930                 CalcDimensions();
4931                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4932             }
4933         }
4934         result = true;
4935         break;
4936
4937         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4938         {
4939             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4940             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4941             m_numCols += numCols;
4942
4943             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4944             {
4945                 //Shift the column IDs
4946                 int i;
4947                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4948                 {
4949                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4950                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4951                 }
4952
4953                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4954
4955                 //Set the new columns' positions
4956                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4957                 {
4958                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4959                 }
4960             }
4961
4962             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4963             {
4964                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4965                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4966
4967                 int right = 0;
4968                 if ( pos > 0 )
4969                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4970
4971                 int colPos;
4972                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4973                 {
4974                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4975
4976                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4977                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4978                 }
4979             }
4980
4981             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4982             {
4983                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4984                 // cell will be undefined...
4985                 //
4986                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4987             }
4988
4989             if ( m_selection )
4990                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4991             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4992             if (attrProvider)
4993                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4994             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4995             {
4996                 CalcDimensions();
4997                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4998             }
4999         }
5000         result = true;
5001         break;
5002
5003         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5004         {
5005             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
5006             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
5007             m_numCols += numCols;
5008
5009             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5010             {
5011                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
5012
5013                 //Set the new columns' positions
5014                 int i;
5015                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
5016                 {
5017                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5018                 }
5019             }
5020
5021             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5022             {
5023                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5024                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5025
5026                 int right = 0;
5027                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5028                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5029
5030                 int colPos;
5031                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5032                 {
5033                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5034
5035                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5036                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5037                 }
5038             }
5039
5040             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5041             {
5042                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5043                 // cell will be undefined...
5044                 //
5045                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5046             }
5047             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5048             {
5049                 CalcDimensions();
5050                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5051             }
5052         }
5053         result = true;
5054         break;
5055
5056         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5057         {
5058             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5059             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5060             m_numCols -= numCols;
5061
5062             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5063             {
5064                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5065
5066                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5067
5068                 //Shift the column IDs
5069                 int colPos;
5070                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5071                 {
5072                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5073                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5074                 }
5075             }
5076
5077             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5078             {
5079                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5080                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5081
5082                 int w = 0;
5083                 int colPos;
5084                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5085                 {
5086                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5087
5088                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5089                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5090                 }
5091             }
5092
5093             if ( !m_numCols )
5094             {
5095                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5096             }
5097             else
5098             {
5099                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5100                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5101             }
5102
5103             if ( m_selection )
5104                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5105             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5106             if (attrProvider)
5107             {
5108                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5109
5110 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5111 #if 0
5112                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5113                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5114                 // all row attributes.
5115                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5116                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5117                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5118                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5119 #endif
5120             }
5121
5122             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5123             {
5124                 CalcDimensions();
5125                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5126             }
5127         }
5128         result = true;
5129         break;
5130     }
5131
5132     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5133         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5134
5135     return result;
5136 }
5137
5138 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5139 {
5140     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5141     wxRect r;
5142
5143     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5144
5145     int top, bottom;
5146     while ( iter )
5147     {
5148         r = iter.GetRect();
5149
5150         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5151         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5152         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5153         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5154         //
5155 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5156         int cw, ch;
5157         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5158         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5159             r.SetTop( 0 );
5160         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5161 #endif
5162
5163         // logical bounds of update region
5164         //
5165         int dummy;
5166         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5167         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5168
5169         // find the row labels within these bounds
5170         //
5171         int row;
5172         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5173         {
5174             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5175                 continue;
5176
5177             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5178                 break;
5179
5180             rowlabels.Add( row );
5181         }
5182
5183         ++iter;
5184     }
5185
5186     return rowlabels;
5187 }
5188
5189 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5190 {
5191     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5192     wxRect r;
5193
5194     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5195
5196     int left, right;
5197     while ( iter )
5198     {
5199         r = iter.GetRect();
5200
5201         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5202         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5203         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5204         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5205         //
5206 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5207         int cw, ch;
5208         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5209         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5210             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5211         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5212 #endif
5213
5214         // logical bounds of update region
5215         //
5216         int dummy;
5217         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5218         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5219
5220         // find the cells within these bounds
5221         //
5222         int col;
5223         int colPos;
5224         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5225         {
5226             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5227
5228             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5229                 continue;
5230
5231             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5232                 break;
5233
5234             colLabels.Add( col );
5235         }
5236
5237         ++iter;
5238     }
5239
5240     return colLabels;
5241 }
5242
5243 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5244 {
5245     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5246     wxRect r;
5247
5248     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5249
5250     int left, top, right, bottom;
5251     while ( iter )
5252     {
5253         r = iter.GetRect();
5254
5255         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5256         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5257         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5258         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5259         //
5260 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5261         int cw, ch;
5262         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5263         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5264         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5265         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5266         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5267 #endif
5268
5269         // logical bounds of update region
5270         //
5271         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5272         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5273
5274         // find the cells within these bounds
5275         //
5276         int row, col;
5277         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5278         {
5279             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5280                 continue;
5281
5282             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5283                 break;
5284
5285             int colPos;
5286             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5287             {
5288                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5289
5290                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5291                     continue;
5292
5293                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5294                     break;
5295
5296                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5297             }
5298         }
5299
5300         ++iter;
5301     }
5302
5303     return cellsExposed;
5304 }
5305
5306
5307 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5308 {
5309     int x, y, row;
5310     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5311     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5312
5313     if ( event.Dragging() )
5314     {
5315         if (!m_isDragging)
5316         {
5317             m_isDragging = true;
5318             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5319         }
5320
5321         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5322         {
5323             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5324             {
5325                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5326                 {
5327                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5328                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5329                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5330
5331                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5332                     PrepareDC( dc );
5333                     y = wxMax( y,
5334                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5335                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5336                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5337                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5338                     {
5339                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5340                     }
5341                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5342                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5343                 }
5344                 break;
5345
5346                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5347                 {
5348                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5349                     {
5350                         if ( m_selection )
5351                         {
5352                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5353                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5354                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5355                                                     event.AltDown(),
5356                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5357                         }
5358                     }
5359                 }
5360                 break;
5361
5362                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5363                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5364                 default:
5365                     break;
5366             }
5367         }
5368         return;
5369     }
5370
5371     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5372         return;
5373
5374     if (m_isDragging)
5375     {
5376         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5377             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5378         m_isDragging = false;
5379     }
5380
5381     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5382     //
5383     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5384     {
5385         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5386     }
5387
5388     // ------------ Left button pressed
5389     //
5390     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5391     {
5392         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5393         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5394         // wanting to resize the row
5395         //
5396         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5397         {
5398             row = YToRow(y);
5399             if ( row >= 0 &&
5400                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5401             {
5402                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5403                     ClearSelection();
5404                 if ( m_selection )
5405                 {
5406                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5407                     {
5408                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5409                                                   0,
5410                                                   row,
5411                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5412                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5413                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5414                                                   event.AltDown(),
5415                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5416                     }
5417                     else
5418                     {
5419                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5420                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5421                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5422                                                 event.AltDown(),
5423                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5424                     }
5425                 }
5426
5427                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5428             }
5429         }
5430         else
5431         {
5432             // starting to drag-resize a row
5433             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5434                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5435         }
5436     }
5437
5438     // ------------ Left double click
5439     //
5440     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5441     {
5442         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5443         if ( row < 0 )
5444         {
5445             row = YToRow(y);
5446             if ( row >=0 &&
5447                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5448             {
5449                 // no default action at the moment
5450             }
5451         }
5452         else
5453         {
5454             // adjust row height depending on label text
5455             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5456
5457             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5458             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5459         }
5460     }
5461
5462     // ------------ Left button released
5463     //
5464     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5465     {
5466         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5467         {
5468             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5469
5470             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5471             // default processing in this case
5472             //
5473             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5474         }
5475
5476         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5477         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5478     }
5479
5480     // ------------ Right button down
5481     //
5482     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5483     {
5484         row = YToRow(y);
5485         if ( row >=0 &&
5486              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5487         {
5488             // no default action at the moment
5489         }
5490     }
5491
5492     // ------------ Right double click
5493     //
5494     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5495     {
5496         row = YToRow(y);
5497         if ( row >= 0 &&
5498              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5499         {
5500             // no default action at the moment
5501         }
5502     }
5503
5504     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5505     //
5506     else if ( event.Moving() )
5507     {
5508         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5509         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5510         {
5511             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5512             {
5513                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5514                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5515                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5516             }
5517         }
5518         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5519         {
5520             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5521         }
5522     }
5523 }
5524
5525 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5526 {
5527     int x, y, col;
5528     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5529     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5530
5531     if ( event.Dragging() )
5532     {
5533         if (!m_isDragging)
5534         {
5535             m_isDragging = true;
5536             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5537
5538             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5539                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5540         }
5541
5542         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5543         {
5544             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5545             {
5546                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5547                 {
5548                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5549                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5550                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5551
5552                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5553                     PrepareDC( dc );
5554
5555                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5556                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5557                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5558                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5559                     {
5560                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5561                     }
5562                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5563                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5564                 }
5565                 break;
5566
5567                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5568                 {
5569                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5570                     {
5571                         if ( m_selection )
5572                         {
5573                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5574                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5575                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5576                                                     event.AltDown(),
5577                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5578                         }
5579                     }
5580                 }
5581                 break;
5582
5583                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5584                 {
5585                     if ( x < 0 )
5586                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5587                     else
5588                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5589
5590                     int markerX;
5591
5592                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5593                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5594                     else
5595                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5596
5597                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5598                     {
5599                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5600
5601                         int cw, ch;
5602                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5603
5604                         markerX++;
5605
5606                         //Clean up the last indicator
5607                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5608                         {
5609                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5610                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5611                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5612                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5613
5614                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5615                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5616                         }
5617
5618                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5619                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5620                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5621                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5622                         {
5623                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5624                             return;
5625                         }
5626
5627                         //Draw the marker
5628                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5629                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5630
5631                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5632
5633                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5634
5635                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5636                     }
5637                 }
5638                 break;
5639
5640                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5641                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5642                 default:
5643                     break;
5644             }
5645         }
5646         return;
5647     }
5648
5649     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5650         return;
5651
5652     if (m_isDragging)
5653     {
5654         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5655             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5656         m_isDragging = false;
5657     }
5658
5659     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5660     //
5661     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5662     {
5663         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5664     }
5665
5666     // ------------ Left button pressed
5667     //
5668     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5669     {
5670         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5671         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5672         // wanting to resize the col
5673         //
5674         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5675         {
5676             col = XToCol(x);
5677             if ( col >= 0 &&
5678                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5679             {
5680                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5681                 {
5682                     //Show button as pressed
5683                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5684                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5685                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5686                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5687                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5688                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5689
5690                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5691                 }
5692                 else
5693                 {
5694                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5695                         ClearSelection();
5696                     if ( m_selection )
5697                     {
5698                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5699                         {
5700                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5701                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5702                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5703                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5704                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5705                                                       event.AltDown(),
5706                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5707                         }
5708                         else
5709                         {
5710                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5711                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5712                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5713                                                     event.AltDown(),
5714                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5715                         }
5716                     }
5717
5718                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5719                 }
5720             }
5721         }
5722         else
5723         {
5724             // starting to drag-resize a col
5725             //
5726             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5727                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5728         }
5729     }
5730
5731     // ------------ Left double click
5732     //
5733     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5734     {
5735         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5736         if ( col < 0 )
5737         {
5738             col = XToCol(x);
5739             if ( col >= 0 &&
5740                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5741             {
5742                 // no default action at the moment
5743             }
5744         }
5745         else
5746         {
5747             // adjust column width depending on label text
5748             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5749
5750             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5751             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5752         }
5753     }
5754
5755     // ------------ Left button released
5756     //
5757     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5758     {
5759         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5760         {
5761             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5762                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5763
5764                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5765                 // default processing in this case
5766                 //
5767                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5768                 break;
5769
5770             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5771                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5772
5773                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5774                 break;
5775
5776             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5777             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5778             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5779             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5780                 // nothing to do (?)
5781                 break;
5782         }
5783
5784         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5785         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5786     }
5787
5788     // ------------ Right button down
5789     //
5790     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5791     {
5792         col = XToCol(x);
5793         if ( col >= 0 &&
5794              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5795         {
5796             // no default action at the moment
5797         }
5798     }
5799
5800     // ------------ Right double click
5801     //
5802     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5803     {
5804         col = XToCol(x);
5805         if ( col >= 0 &&
5806              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5807         {
5808             // no default action at the moment
5809         }
5810     }
5811
5812     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5813     //
5814     else if ( event.Moving() )
5815     {
5816         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5817         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5818         {
5819             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5820             {
5821                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5822                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5823                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5824             }
5825         }
5826         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5827         {
5828             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5829         }
5830     }
5831 }
5832
5833 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5834 {
5835     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5836     {
5837         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5838         // col args == -1
5839         //
5840         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5841         {
5842             SelectAll();
5843         }
5844     }
5845     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5846     {
5847         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5848     }
5849     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5850     {
5851         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5852         {
5853             // no default action at the moment
5854         }
5855     }
5856     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5857     {
5858         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5859         {
5860             // no default action at the moment
5861         }
5862     }
5863 }
5864
5865 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5866 {
5867     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5868     if ( m_winCapture )
5869     {
5870         m_isDragging = false;
5871         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5872         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5873         m_winCapture = NULL;
5874
5875         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5876         Refresh();
5877     }
5878 }
5879
5880 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5881                               wxWindow *win,
5882                               bool captureMouse)
5883 {
5884 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5885     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5886     {
5887         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5888         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5889         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5890         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5891         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5892         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5893     };
5894
5895     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5896                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5897                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5898                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5899                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5900                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5901 #endif
5902
5903     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5904          win == m_winCapture &&
5905          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5906         return;
5907
5908     if ( !win )
5909     {
5910         // by default use the grid itself
5911         win = m_gridWin;
5912     }
5913
5914     if ( m_winCapture )
5915     {
5916         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5917             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5918         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5919     }
5920
5921     m_cursorMode = mode;
5922
5923     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5924     {
5925         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5926             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5927             break;
5928
5929         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5930             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5931             break;
5932
5933         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5934             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5935             break;
5936
5937         default:
5938             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5939             break;
5940     }
5941
5942     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5943     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5944                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5945
5946     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5947     {
5948         win->CaptureMouse();
5949         m_winCapture = win;
5950     }
5951 }
5952
5953 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5954 {
5955     int x, y;
5956     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5957     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5958
5959     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5960     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5961
5962     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5963     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5964     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5965     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5966     {
5967         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5968         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5969     }
5970
5971     if ( event.Dragging() )
5972     {
5973         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5974
5975         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5976         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5977         if (! m_isDragging)
5978         {
5979             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5980             {
5981                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5982                 return;
5983             }
5984             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5985                 return;
5986         }
5987
5988         m_isDragging = true;
5989         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5990         {
5991             // Hide the edit control, so it
5992             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5993             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5994             {
5995                 HideCellEditControl();
5996                 SaveEditControlValue();
5997             }
5998
5999             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6000             {
6001                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6002                 {
6003                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6004                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6005                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
6006                 }
6007                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
6008                 {
6009                     if ( isFirstDrag )
6010                     {
6011                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6012                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6013
6014                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
6015                                    coords.GetRow(),
6016                                    coords.GetCol(),
6017                                    event );
6018                         return;
6019                     }
6020                 }
6021                 else
6022                 {
6023                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6024                     {
6025                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6026                     }
6027                     else
6028                     {
6029                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6030                     }
6031                 }
6032
6033                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6034                 {
6035                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6036                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6037                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6038                 }
6039             }
6040             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6041             if (! m_winCapture)
6042             {
6043                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6044                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6045             }
6046
6047
6048         }
6049         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6050                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6051         {
6052             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6053             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6054             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6055
6056             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6057             PrepareDC( dc );
6058             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6059                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6060             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6061             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6062             {
6063                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6064             }
6065             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6066             m_dragLastPos = y;
6067         }
6068         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6069                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6070         {
6071             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6072             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6073             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6074
6075             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6076             PrepareDC( dc );
6077             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6078                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6079             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6080             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6081             {
6082                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6083             }
6084             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6085             m_dragLastPos = x;
6086         }
6087
6088         return;
6089     }
6090
6091     m_isDragging = false;
6092     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6093
6094     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6095     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6096     //     wxGTK
6097 #if 0
6098     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6099     {
6100         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6101         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6102     }
6103     else
6104 #endif // 0
6105
6106     // ------------ Left button pressed
6107     //
6108     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6109     {
6110         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6111                        coords.GetRow(),
6112                        coords.GetCol(),
6113                        event ) )
6114         {
6115             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6116                 ClearSelection();
6117             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6118             {
6119                 if ( m_selection )
6120                 {
6121                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6122                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6123                                               coords.GetRow(),
6124                                               coords.GetCol(),
6125                                               event.ControlDown(),
6126                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6127                                               event.AltDown(),
6128                                               event.MetaDown() );
6129                 }
6130             }
6131             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6132                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6133             {
6134                 DisableCellEditControl();
6135                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6136
6137                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6138                 {
6139                     if ( m_selection )
6140                     {
6141                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6142                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6143                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6144                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6145                                                           event.AltDown(),
6146                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6147                     }
6148                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6149                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6150                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6151                 }
6152                 else
6153                 {
6154                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6155                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6156                     if ( m_selection )
6157                     {
6158                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6159                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6160                         {
6161                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6162                         }
6163                     }
6164                 }
6165             }
6166         }
6167     }
6168
6169     // ------------ Left double click
6170     //
6171     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6172     {
6173         DisableCellEditControl();
6174
6175         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6176         {
6177             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6178                              coords.GetRow(),
6179                              coords.GetCol(),
6180                              event ) )
6181             {
6182                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6183                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6184                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6185             }
6186         }
6187     }
6188
6189     // ------------ Left button released
6190     //
6191     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6192     {
6193         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6194         {
6195             if (m_winCapture)
6196             {
6197                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6198                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6199                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6200             }
6201
6202             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6203             {
6204                 ClearSelection();
6205                 EnableCellEditControl();
6206
6207                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6208                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6209                 editor->StartingClick();
6210                 editor->DecRef();
6211                 attr->DecRef();
6212
6213                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6214             }
6215             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6216                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6217             {
6218                 if ( m_selection )
6219                 {
6220                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6221                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6222                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6223                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6224                                               event.ControlDown(),
6225                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6226                                               event.AltDown(),
6227                                               event.MetaDown() );
6228                 }
6229
6230                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6231                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6232
6233                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6234                 // drag-shrinking.
6235                 ShowCellEditControl();
6236             }
6237         }
6238         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6239         {
6240             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6241             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6242
6243             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6244             // default processing in this case
6245             //
6246             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6247         }
6248         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6249         {
6250             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6251             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6252
6253             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6254             // default processing in this case
6255             //
6256             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6257         }
6258
6259         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6260     }
6261
6262     // ------------ Right button down
6263     //
6264     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6265     {
6266         DisableCellEditControl();
6267         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6268                          coords.GetRow(),
6269                          coords.GetCol(),
6270                          event ) )
6271         {
6272             // no default action at the moment
6273         }
6274     }
6275
6276     // ------------ Right double click
6277     //
6278     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6279     {
6280         DisableCellEditControl();
6281         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6282                          coords.GetRow(),
6283                          coords.GetCol(),
6284                          event ) )
6285         {
6286             // no default action at the moment
6287         }
6288     }
6289
6290     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6291     //
6292     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6293     {
6294         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6295         {
6296             // out of grid cell area
6297             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6298             return;
6299         }
6300
6301         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6302         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6303
6304         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6305         // directions is not implemented yet...
6306         //
6307         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6308         {
6309             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6310             return;
6311         }
6312
6313         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6314         {
6315             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6316
6317             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6318             {
6319                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6320                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6321             }
6322         }
6323         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6324         {
6325             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6326
6327             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6328             {
6329                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6330                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6331             }
6332         }
6333         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6334         {
6335             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6336             {
6337                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6338             }
6339         }
6340     }
6341 }
6342
6343 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6344 {
6345     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6346     {
6347         // erase the last line and resize the row
6348         //
6349         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6350         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6351         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6352
6353         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6354         PrepareDC( dc );
6355         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6356         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6357         HideCellEditControl();
6358         SaveEditControlValue();
6359
6360         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6361         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6362                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6363
6364         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6365         {
6366             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6367             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6368             rect.x = 0;
6369             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6370             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6371             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6372             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6373             rect.width = cw;
6374
6375             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6376             if (m_table)
6377             {
6378                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6379                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6380                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6381                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6382                 {
6383                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6384                     {
6385                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6386                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6387                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6388                     }
6389                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6390                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6391                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6392                 }
6393             }
6394             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6395         }
6396
6397         ShowCellEditControl();
6398     }
6399 }
6400
6401
6402 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6403 {
6404     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6405     {
6406         // erase the last line and resize the col
6407         //
6408         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6409         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6410         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6411
6412         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6413         PrepareDC( dc );
6414         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6415         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6416         HideCellEditControl();
6417         SaveEditControlValue();
6418
6419         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6420         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6421                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6422                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6423
6424         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6425         {
6426             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6427             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6428             rect.y = 0;
6429             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6430             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6431             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6432             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6433             rect.height = ch;
6434
6435             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6436             if (m_table)
6437             {
6438                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6439                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6440                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6441                 if (topRow >= 0)
6442                 {
6443                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6444                     {
6445                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6446                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6447                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6448                     }
6449
6450                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6451                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6452                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6453                 }
6454             }
6455
6456             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6457         }
6458
6459         ShowCellEditControl();
6460     }
6461 }
6462
6463 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6464 {
6465     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6466     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6467     {
6468         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6469         return;
6470     }
6471
6472     int newPos;
6473     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6474         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6475     else
6476     {
6477         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6478         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6479             newPos--;
6480     }
6481
6482     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6483 }
6484
6485 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6486 {
6487     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6488     {
6489         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6490
6491         int i;
6492         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6493         {
6494             m_colAt.Add( i );
6495         }
6496     }
6497
6498     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6499
6500     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6501     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6502     {
6503         int i;
6504         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6505         {
6506             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6507         }
6508     }
6509     else
6510     {
6511         int i;
6512         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6513         {
6514             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6515         }
6516     }
6517
6518     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6519
6520     //Recalculate the column rights
6521     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6522     {
6523         int colRight = 0;
6524         int colPos;
6525         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6526         {
6527             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6528
6529             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6530             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6531         }
6532     }
6533
6534     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6535     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6536 }
6537
6538
6539
6540 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6541 {
6542     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6543         return;
6544
6545     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6546
6547     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6548     {
6549         m_colAt.Clear();
6550
6551         //Recalculate the column rights
6552         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6553         {
6554             int colRight = 0;
6555             int colPos;
6556             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6557             {
6558                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6559                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6560             }
6561         }
6562
6563         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6564         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6565     }
6566 }
6567
6568
6569 //
6570 // ------ interaction with data model
6571 //
6572 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6573 {
6574     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6575     {
6576         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6577             return GetModelValues();
6578
6579         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6580             return SetModelValues();
6581
6582         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6583         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6584         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6585         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6586         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6587         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6588             return Redimension( msg );
6589
6590         default:
6591             return false;
6592     }
6593 }
6594
6595 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6596 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6597 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6598 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6599 //
6600 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6601 {
6602     if ( m_table )
6603     {
6604         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6605             DisableCellEditControl();
6606
6607         m_table->Clear();
6608         if (!GetBatchCount())
6609             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6610     }
6611 }
6612
6613 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6614 {
6615     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6616
6617     if ( !m_created )
6618     {
6619         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6620         return false;
6621     }
6622
6623     if ( m_table )
6624     {
6625         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6626             DisableCellEditControl();
6627
6628         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6629         return done;
6630
6631         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6632         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6633     }
6634
6635     return false;
6636 }
6637
6638 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6639 {
6640     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6641
6642     if ( !m_created )
6643     {
6644         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6645         return false;
6646     }
6647
6648     if ( m_table )
6649     {
6650         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6651         return done;
6652
6653         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6654         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6655     }
6656
6657     return false;
6658 }
6659
6660 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6661 {
6662     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6663
6664     if ( !m_created )
6665     {
6666         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6667         return false;
6668     }
6669
6670     if ( m_table )
6671     {
6672         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6673             DisableCellEditControl();
6674
6675         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6676         return done;
6677         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6678         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6679     }
6680
6681     return false;
6682 }
6683
6684 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6685 {
6686     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6687
6688     if ( !m_created )
6689     {
6690         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6691         return false;
6692     }
6693
6694     if ( m_table )
6695     {
6696         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6697             DisableCellEditControl();
6698
6699         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6700         return done;
6701         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6702         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6703     }
6704
6705     return false;
6706 }
6707
6708 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6709 {
6710     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6711
6712     if ( !m_created )
6713     {
6714         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6715         return false;
6716     }
6717
6718     if ( m_table )
6719     {
6720         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6721         return done;
6722         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6723         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6724     }
6725
6726     return false;
6727 }
6728
6729 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6730 {
6731     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6732
6733     if ( !m_created )
6734     {
6735         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6736         return false;
6737     }
6738
6739     if ( m_table )
6740     {
6741         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6742             DisableCellEditControl();
6743
6744         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6745         return done;
6746         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6747         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6748     }
6749
6750     return false;
6751 }
6752
6753 //
6754 // ----- event handlers
6755 //
6756
6757 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6758 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6759 //
6760 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6761                         int row, int col,
6762                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6763 {
6764    bool claimed, vetoed;
6765
6766    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6767    {
6768        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6769
6770        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6771                type,
6772                this,
6773                rowOrCol,
6774                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6775                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6776                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6777                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6778                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6779                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6780
6781        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6782        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6783    }
6784    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6785    {
6786        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6787        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6788                type,
6789                this,
6790                m_selectingTopLeft,
6791                m_selectingBottomRight,
6792                true,
6793                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6794                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6795                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6796                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6797
6798        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6799        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6800    }
6801    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6802              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6803              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6804              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6805    {
6806        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6807
6808        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6809            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6810        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6811            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6812
6813        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6814                type,
6815                this,
6816                row, col,
6817                pos.x,
6818                pos.y,
6819                false,
6820                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6821                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6822                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6823                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6824        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6825        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6826    }
6827    else
6828    {
6829        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6830                type,
6831                this,
6832                row, col,
6833                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6834                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6835                false,
6836                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6837                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6838                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6839                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6840        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6841        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6842    }
6843
6844    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6845    if (vetoed)
6846        return -1;
6847
6848    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6849 }
6850
6851 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6852 // of ProcessEvent().
6853 //
6854 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6855                         int row, int col )
6856 {
6857    bool claimed, vetoed;
6858
6859     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6860     {
6861         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6862
6863         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6864
6865         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6866         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6867     }
6868     else
6869     {
6870         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6871
6872         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6873         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6874      }
6875
6876     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6877     if (vetoed)
6878         return -1;
6879
6880     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6881 }
6882
6883 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6884 {
6885     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6886     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6887 }
6888
6889 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6890 {
6891     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6892     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6893     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6894     {
6895         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6896         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6897
6898         if (rect)
6899         {
6900             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6901             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6902             int x, y;
6903
6904             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6905             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6906             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6907             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6908             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6909
6910             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6911             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6912                 width_label = rectWidth;
6913
6914             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6915             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6916                 height_label = rectHeight;
6917
6918             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6919             {
6920                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6921                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6922             }
6923             else
6924             {
6925                 x = 0;
6926                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6927             }
6928
6929             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6930             {
6931                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6932                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6933             }
6934             else
6935             {
6936                 y = 0;
6937                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6938             }
6939
6940             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6941             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6942             {
6943                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6944                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6945             }
6946
6947             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6948             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6949             {
6950                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6951                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6952             }
6953
6954             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6955             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6956             {
6957                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6958                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6959             }
6960
6961             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6962             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6963             {
6964                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6965                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6966             }
6967         }
6968         else
6969         {
6970             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6971             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6972             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6973             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6974         }
6975     }
6976 }
6977
6978 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6979 {
6980     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6981     {
6982         // reposition our children windows
6983         CalcWindowSizes();
6984     }
6985 }
6986
6987 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6988 {
6989     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6990     {
6991         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6992         //
6993         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6994     }
6995
6996     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6997
6998     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6999     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
7000     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
7001     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
7002
7003     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
7004     {
7005         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7006         {
7007             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
7008                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
7009             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
7010                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7011         }
7012
7013         // try local handlers
7014         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7015         {
7016             case WXK_UP:
7017                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7018                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7019                 else
7020                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7021                 break;
7022
7023             case WXK_DOWN:
7024                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7025                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7026                 else
7027                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7028                 break;
7029
7030             case WXK_LEFT:
7031                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7032                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7033                 else
7034                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7035                 break;
7036
7037             case WXK_RIGHT:
7038                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7039                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7040                 else
7041                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7042                 break;
7043
7044             case WXK_RETURN:
7045             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7046                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7047                 {
7048                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7049                 }
7050                 else
7051                 {
7052                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7053                     {
7054                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7055                     }
7056                     else
7057                     {
7058                         // at the bottom of a column
7059                         DisableCellEditControl();
7060                     }
7061                 }
7062                 break;
7063
7064             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7065                 ClearSelection();
7066                 break;
7067
7068             case WXK_TAB:
7069                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7070                 {
7071                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7072                     {
7073                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7074                     }
7075                     else
7076                     {
7077                         // at left of grid
7078                         DisableCellEditControl();
7079                     }
7080                 }
7081                 else
7082                 {
7083                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7084                     {
7085                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7086                     }
7087                     else
7088                     {
7089                         // at right of grid
7090                         DisableCellEditControl();
7091                     }
7092                 }
7093                 break;
7094
7095             case WXK_HOME:
7096                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7097                 {
7098                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7099                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7100                 }
7101                 else
7102                 {
7103                     event.Skip();
7104                 }
7105                 break;
7106
7107             case WXK_END:
7108                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7109                 {
7110                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7111                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7112                 }
7113                 else
7114                 {
7115                     event.Skip();
7116                 }
7117                 break;
7118
7119             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7120                 MovePageUp();
7121                 break;
7122
7123             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7124                 MovePageDown();
7125                 break;
7126
7127             case WXK_SPACE:
7128                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7129                 {
7130                     if ( m_selection )
7131                     {
7132                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7133                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7134                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7135                             event.ControlDown(),
7136                             event.ShiftDown(),
7137                             event.AltDown(),
7138                             event.MetaDown() );
7139                     }
7140                     break;
7141                 }
7142
7143                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7144                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7145                 else
7146                     event.Skip();
7147                 break;
7148
7149             default:
7150                 event.Skip();
7151                 break;
7152         }
7153     }
7154
7155     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7156 }
7157
7158 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7159 {
7160     // try local handlers
7161     //
7162     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7163     {
7164         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7165              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7166         {
7167             if ( m_selection )
7168             {
7169                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7170                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7171                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7172                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7173                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7174                     event.ControlDown(),
7175                     true,
7176                     event.AltDown(),
7177                     event.MetaDown() );
7178             }
7179         }
7180
7181         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7182         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7183         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7184     }
7185 }
7186
7187 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7188 {
7189     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7190     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7191     {
7192         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7193         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7194         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7195         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7196         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7197
7198         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7199         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7200         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7201              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7202         {
7203             // ensure cell is visble
7204             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7205             EnableCellEditControl();
7206
7207             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7208             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7209             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7210             // crash the app
7211             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7212                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7213         }
7214         else
7215         {
7216             event.Skip();
7217         }
7218
7219         editor->DecRef();
7220         attr->DecRef();
7221     }
7222     else
7223     {
7224         event.Skip();
7225     }
7226 }
7227
7228 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7229 {
7230 }
7231
7232 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7233 {
7234     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7235     {
7236         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7237         return;
7238     }
7239
7240 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7241     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7242     PrepareDC( dc );
7243 #endif
7244
7245     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7246     {
7247         DisableCellEditControl();
7248
7249         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7250         {
7251             wxRect r;
7252             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7253             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7254             {
7255                 r.x--;
7256                 r.y--;
7257                 r.width++;
7258                 r.height++;
7259             }
7260
7261             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7262
7263             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7264             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7265
7266 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7267             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7268 #else
7269             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7270             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7271 #endif
7272         }
7273     }
7274
7275     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7276
7277     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7278 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7279     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7280 #endif
7281     attr->DecRef();
7282 }
7283
7284 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7285 {
7286     int temp;
7287     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7288
7289     if ( m_selection )
7290     {
7291         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7292         {
7293             leftCol = 0;
7294             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7295         }
7296         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7297         {
7298             topRow = 0;
7299             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7300         }
7301     }
7302
7303     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7304     {
7305         temp = topRow;
7306         topRow = bottomRow;
7307         bottomRow = temp;
7308     }
7309
7310     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7311     {
7312         temp = leftCol;
7313         leftCol = rightCol;
7314         rightCol = temp;
7315     }
7316
7317     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7318     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7319
7320     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7321     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7322          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7323     {
7324         wxRect rect;
7325         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7326                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7327         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7328     }
7329
7330     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7331     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7332               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7333     {
7334         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7335         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7336         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7337         wxRect  rect[4];
7338         bool    need_refresh[4];
7339         need_refresh[0] =
7340         need_refresh[1] =
7341         need_refresh[2] =
7342         need_refresh[3] = false;
7343         int     i;
7344
7345         // Store intermediate values
7346         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7347         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7348         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7349         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7350
7351         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7352         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7353         {
7354             temp = oldLeft;
7355             oldLeft = leftCol;
7356             leftCol = temp;
7357         }
7358         if (oldTop > topRow )
7359         {
7360             temp = oldTop;
7361             oldTop = topRow;
7362             topRow = temp;
7363         }
7364         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7365         {
7366             temp = oldRight;
7367             oldRight = rightCol;
7368             rightCol = temp;
7369         }
7370         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7371         {
7372             temp = oldBottom;
7373             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7374             bottomRow = temp;
7375         }
7376
7377         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7378         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7379         // is contained in the other.
7380
7381         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7382         {
7383             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7384             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7385             need_refresh[0] = true;
7386             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7387                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7388                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7389         }
7390
7391         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7392         {
7393             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7394             // area above the old or new selection.
7395             need_refresh[1] = true;
7396             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7397                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7398                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7399         }
7400
7401         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7402         {
7403             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7404             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7405             need_refresh[2] = true;
7406             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7407                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7408                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7409         }
7410
7411         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7412         {
7413             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7414             // area below the old or new selection.
7415             need_refresh[3] = true;
7416             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7417                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7418                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7419         }
7420
7421         // various Refresh() calls
7422         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7423             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7424                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7425     }
7426
7427     // change selection
7428     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7429     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7430 }
7431
7432 //
7433 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7434 //
7435
7436 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7437 {
7438     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7439     HideCellEditControl();
7440
7441     if ( m_table )
7442     {
7443         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7444         //
7445         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7446         return true;
7447     }
7448
7449     return false;
7450 }
7451
7452 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7453 {
7454     int row, col;
7455
7456     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7457     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7458     // I think so ...
7459     DisableCellEditControl();
7460
7461     if ( m_table )
7462     {
7463         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7464         {
7465             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7466             {
7467                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7468             }
7469         }
7470
7471         return true;
7472     }
7473
7474     return false;
7475 }
7476
7477 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7478 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7479 // CalcExposedCells)
7480 //
7481 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7482 {
7483     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7484         return;
7485
7486     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7487     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7488     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7489
7490     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7491     {
7492         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7493         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7494         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7495
7496         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7497         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7498         {
7499             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7500             bool marked = false;
7501             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7502             {
7503                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7504                 {
7505                     marked = true;
7506                     break;
7507                 }
7508             }
7509
7510             if (!marked)
7511             {
7512                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7513                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7514                 {
7515                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7516                     {
7517                         marked = true;
7518                         break;
7519                     }
7520                 }
7521
7522                 if (!marked)
7523                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7524             }
7525
7526             // don't bother drawing this cell
7527             continue;
7528         }
7529
7530         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7531         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7532         {
7533             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7534             {
7535                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7536                 int left = col;
7537                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7538                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7539                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7540                     {
7541                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7542                     }
7543
7544                 if (left == col)
7545                     left = 0; // oh well
7546
7547                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7548                 {
7549                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7550                     {
7551                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7552                         {
7553                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7554                             bool marked = false;
7555
7556                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7557                             {
7558                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7559                                 {
7560                                     marked = true;
7561                                     break;
7562                                 }
7563                             }
7564
7565                             if (!marked)
7566                             {
7567                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7568                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7569                                 {
7570                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7571                                     {
7572                                         marked = true;
7573                                         break;
7574                                     }
7575                                 }
7576                                 if (!marked)
7577                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7578                             }
7579                         }
7580                         break;
7581                     }
7582                 }
7583             }
7584         }
7585
7586         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7587     }
7588
7589     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7590
7591     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7592     {
7593         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7594     }
7595 }
7596
7597 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7598 {
7599   int cw, ch;
7600   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7601
7602   int right, bottom;
7603   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7604
7605   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7606   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7607
7608   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7609   {
7610       int left, top;
7611       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7612
7613       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7614       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7615
7616       if ( right > rightCol )
7617       {
7618           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7619       }
7620
7621       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7622       {
7623           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7624       }
7625   }
7626 }
7627
7628 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7629 {
7630     int row = coords.GetRow();
7631     int col = coords.GetCol();
7632
7633     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7634         return;
7635
7636     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7637 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7638     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7639         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7640 #endif
7641
7642     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7643
7644     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7645
7646     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7647
7648     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7649     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7650     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7651     {
7652         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7653         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7654         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7655         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7656 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7657         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7658         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7659         editor->DecRef();
7660 #endif
7661     }
7662     else
7663     {
7664         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7665         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7666         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7667         renderer->DecRef();
7668     }
7669
7670     attr->DecRef();
7671 }
7672
7673 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7674 {
7675     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7676     if ( !HasFocus() )
7677         return;
7678
7679     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7680     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7681
7682     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7683         return;
7684
7685     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7686
7687     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7688     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7689     // it doesn't look really good
7690
7691     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7692
7693     if (penWidth > 0)
7694     {
7695         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7696         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7697         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7698         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7699         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7700         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7701         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7702         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7703         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7704
7705         // Now draw the rectangle
7706         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7707         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7708         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7709         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7710         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7711     }
7712
7713 #if 0
7714         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7715
7716         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7717         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7718                 y1 = rect.y,
7719                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7720                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7721
7722         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7723         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7724         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7725
7726         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7727         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7728
7729         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7730         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7731         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7732 #endif
7733 }
7734
7735 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7736 {
7737     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7738 }
7739
7740 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7741 {
7742     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7743 }
7744
7745 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7746 {
7747     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7748 }
7749
7750 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7751 {
7752     int row = coords.GetRow();
7753     int col = coords.GetCol();
7754     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7755         return;
7756
7757
7758     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7759
7760     // right hand border
7761     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7762     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7763                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7764
7765     // bottom border
7766     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7767     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7768                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7769 }
7770
7771 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7772 {
7773     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7774     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7775     //
7776     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7777          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7778     {
7779         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7780     }
7781
7782     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7783     {
7784         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7785         return;
7786     }
7787
7788     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7789     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7790     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7791     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7792     {
7793         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7794         {
7795             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7796             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7797             attr->DecRef();
7798
7799             break;
7800         }
7801     }
7802 }
7803
7804 // TODO: remove this ???
7805 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7806 // has been changed
7807 //
7808 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7809 {
7810 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7811     return;
7812 #endif
7813
7814     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7815          return;
7816
7817     int top, bottom, left, right;
7818
7819 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7820     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7821     {
7822       int cw, ch;
7823       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7824
7825       // virtual coords of visible area
7826       //
7827       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7828       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7829     }
7830     else
7831     {
7832       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7833       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7834       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7835       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7836     }
7837 #else
7838       int cw, ch;
7839       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7840       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7841       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7842 #endif
7843
7844     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7845     //
7846     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7847     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7848
7849     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7850     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7851     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7852     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7853     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7854
7855     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7856
7857     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7858     wxRect rect;
7859
7860     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7861     {
7862         int colPos;
7863         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7864         {
7865             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7866
7867             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7868             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7869             {
7870                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7871                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7872                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7873             }
7874             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7875             {
7876                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7877                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7878                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7879             }
7880         }
7881     }
7882
7883     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7884
7885
7886     // horizontal grid lines
7887     //
7888     // already declared above - int i;
7889     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7890     {
7891         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7892
7893         if ( bot > bottom )
7894         {
7895             break;
7896         }
7897
7898         if ( bot >= top )
7899         {
7900             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7901             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7902         }
7903     }
7904
7905     // vertical grid lines
7906     //
7907     int colPos;
7908     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7909     {
7910         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7911
7912         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7913 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7914         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7915 #endif
7916             colRight--;
7917
7918         if ( colRight > right )
7919         {
7920             break;
7921         }
7922
7923         if ( colRight >= left )
7924         {
7925             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7926             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7927         }
7928     }
7929
7930     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7931 }
7932
7933 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7934 {
7935     if ( !m_numRows )
7936         return;
7937
7938     size_t i;
7939     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7940
7941     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7942     {
7943         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7944     }
7945 }
7946
7947 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7948 {
7949     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7950         return;
7951
7952     wxRect rect;
7953
7954     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7955         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7956
7957     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7958     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7959     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7960     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7961
7962     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7963     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7964     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7965
7966     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7967     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7968     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7969
7970     int hAlign, vAlign;
7971     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7972
7973     rect.SetX( 2 );
7974     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7975     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7976     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7977     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7978 }
7979
7980 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7981 {
7982     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7983     if (native)
7984     {
7985         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7986         SetColLabelSize( height );
7987     }
7988
7989     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7990 }
7991
7992 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7993 {
7994     if ( !m_numCols )
7995         return;
7996
7997     size_t i;
7998     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7999
8000     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8001     {
8002         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8003     }
8004 }
8005
8006 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
8007 {
8008     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8009         return;
8010
8011     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8012
8013     wxRect rect;
8014
8015     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8016     {
8017         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8018         rect.SetY( 0 );
8019         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8020         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8021
8022         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8023         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8024     }
8025     else
8026     {
8027         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8028
8029         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8030         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8031         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8032         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8033                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8034
8035         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8036         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8037         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8038     }
8039
8040     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8041     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8042     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8043
8044     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8045     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8046     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8047
8048     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8049     rect.SetY( 2 );
8050     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8051     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8052     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8053 }
8054
8055 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8056                                 const wxString& value,
8057                                 const wxRect& rect,
8058                                 int horizAlign,
8059                                 int vertAlign,
8060                                 int textOrientation )
8061 {
8062     wxArrayString lines;
8063
8064     StringToLines( value, lines );
8065
8066     // Forward to new API.
8067     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8068         lines,
8069         rect,
8070         horizAlign,
8071         vertAlign,
8072         textOrientation );
8073 }
8074
8075 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8076 //     add textOrientation support
8077 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8078                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8079                                const wxRect& rect,
8080                                int horizAlign,
8081                                int vertAlign,
8082                                int textOrientation)
8083 {
8084     if ( lines.empty() )
8085         return;
8086
8087     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8088
8089     long textWidth,
8090          textHeight;
8091
8092     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8093         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8094     else
8095         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8096
8097     int x = 0,
8098         y = 0;
8099     switch ( vertAlign )
8100     {
8101         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8102             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8103                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8104             else
8105                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8106             break;
8107
8108         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8109             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8110                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8111             else
8112                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8113             break;
8114
8115         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8116         default:
8117             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8118                 y = rect.y + 1;
8119             else
8120                 x = rect.x + 1;
8121             break;
8122     }
8123
8124     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8125     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8126     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8127     {
8128         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8129
8130         if ( line.empty() )
8131         {
8132             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8133             continue;
8134         }
8135
8136         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8137              lineHeight = 0;
8138         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8139
8140         switch ( horizAlign )
8141         {
8142             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8143                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8144                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8145                 else
8146                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8147                 break;
8148
8149             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8150                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8151                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8152                 else
8153                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8154                 break;
8155
8156             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8157             default:
8158                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8159                     x = rect.x + 1;
8160                 else
8161                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8162                 break;
8163         }
8164
8165         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8166         {
8167             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8168             y += lineHeight;
8169         }
8170         else
8171         {
8172             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8173             x += lineHeight;
8174         }
8175     }
8176 }
8177
8178 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8179 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8180 //
8181 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8182 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8183 {
8184     int startPos = 0;
8185     int pos;
8186     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8187     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8188
8189     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8190     {
8191         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8192         if ( pos < 0 )
8193         {
8194             break;
8195         }
8196         else if ( pos == 0 )
8197         {
8198             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8199         }
8200         else
8201         {
8202             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8203         }
8204
8205         startPos += pos + 1;
8206     }
8207
8208     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8209     {
8210         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8211     }
8212 }
8213
8214 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8215                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8216                              long *width, long *height ) const
8217 {
8218     wxCoord w = 0;
8219     wxCoord h = 0;
8220     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8221
8222     size_t i;
8223     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8224     {
8225         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8226         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8227         h += lineH;
8228     }
8229
8230     *width = w;
8231     *height = h;
8232 }
8233
8234 //
8235 // ------ Batch processing.
8236 //
8237 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8238 {
8239     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8240     {
8241         m_batchCount--;
8242         if ( !m_batchCount )
8243         {
8244             CalcDimensions();
8245             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8246             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8247             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8248             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8249         }
8250     }
8251 }
8252
8253 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8254 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8255 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8256 //
8257 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8258 {
8259     BeginBatch();
8260     EndBatch();
8261 }
8262
8263 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8264 {
8265     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8266         return false;
8267
8268     // redraw in the new state
8269     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8270
8271     return true;
8272 }
8273
8274 //
8275 // ------ Edit control functions
8276 //
8277
8278 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8279 {
8280     // TODO: improve this ?
8281     //
8282     if ( edit != m_editable )
8283     {
8284         if (!edit)
8285             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8286         m_editable = edit;
8287     }
8288 }
8289
8290 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8291 {
8292     if (! m_editable)
8293         return;
8294
8295     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8296     {
8297         if ( enable )
8298         {
8299             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8300                 return;
8301
8302             // this should be checked by the caller!
8303             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8304
8305             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8306             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8307
8308             ShowCellEditControl();
8309         }
8310         else
8311         {
8312             //FIXME:add veto support
8313             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8314
8315             HideCellEditControl();
8316             SaveEditControlValue();
8317
8318             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8319             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8320         }
8321     }
8322 }
8323
8324 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8325 {
8326     // const_cast
8327     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8328     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8329     attr->DecRef();
8330
8331     return readonly;
8332 }
8333
8334 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8335 {
8336     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8337         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8338 }
8339
8340 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8341 {
8342     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8343     // current one if it's read only
8344     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8345 }
8346
8347 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8348 {
8349     bool isShown = false;
8350
8351     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8352     {
8353         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8354         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8355         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8356         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8357         attr->DecRef();
8358
8359         if ( editor )
8360         {
8361             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8362             {
8363                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8364             }
8365
8366             editor->DecRef();
8367         }
8368     }
8369
8370     return isShown;
8371 }
8372
8373 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8374 {
8375     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8376     {
8377         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8378         {
8379             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8380             return;
8381         }
8382         else
8383         {
8384             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8385             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8386             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8387
8388             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8389             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8390             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8391             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8392             {
8393                 row += cell_rows;
8394                 col += cell_cols;
8395                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8396                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8397             }
8398
8399             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8400             // might not cover the entire cell
8401             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8402             PrepareDC( dc );
8403             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8404             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8405             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8406             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8407
8408             // convert to scrolled coords
8409             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8410
8411             int nXMove = 0;
8412             if (rect.x < 0)
8413                 nXMove = rect.x;
8414
8415             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8416             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8417             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8418             // "don't change."
8419             if (rect.x > 0)
8420                 rect.x--;
8421             if (rect.y > 0)
8422                 rect.y--;
8423
8424             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8425             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8426             {
8427                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8428                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8429
8430                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8431                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8432                                              this,
8433                                              row,
8434                                              col,
8435                                              editor->GetControl());
8436                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8437             }
8438
8439             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8440             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8441             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8442             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8443             {
8444                 int y;
8445                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8446                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8447                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8448             }
8449
8450             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8451             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8452                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8453
8454             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8455             {
8456                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8457                 // may have changed earlier
8458                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8459                 {
8460                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8461                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8462
8463                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8464                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8465                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8466                     {
8467                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8468                     }
8469                     else
8470                         break;
8471                 }
8472
8473                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8474                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8475             }
8476
8477             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8478             editor->SetSize( rect );
8479             if (nXMove != 0)
8480                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8481                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8482                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8483             editor->Show( true, attr );
8484
8485             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8486             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8487             CalcDimensions();
8488
8489             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8490             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8491
8492             editor->DecRef();
8493             attr->DecRef();
8494         }
8495     }
8496 }
8497
8498 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8499 {
8500     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8501     {
8502         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8503         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8504
8505         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8506         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8507         editor->Show( false );
8508         editor->DecRef();
8509         attr->DecRef();
8510
8511         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8512
8513         // refresh whole row to the right
8514         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8515         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8516         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8517
8518 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8519         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8520         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8521 #endif
8522
8523         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8524     }
8525 }
8526
8527 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8528 {
8529     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8530     {
8531         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8532         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8533
8534         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8535
8536         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8537         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8538         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8539
8540         editor->DecRef();
8541         attr->DecRef();
8542
8543         if (changed)
8544         {
8545             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8546                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8547                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8548             {
8549                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8550                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8551             }
8552         }
8553     }
8554 }
8555
8556 //
8557 // ------ Grid location functions
8558 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8559 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8560 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8561 //
8562
8563 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8564 {
8565     int row = YToRow(y);
8566     int col = XToCol(x);
8567
8568     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8569     {
8570         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8571     }
8572     else
8573     {
8574         coords.Set( row, col );
8575     }
8576 }
8577
8578 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8579 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8580 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8581 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8582
8583 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8584                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8585                            bool clipToMinMax)
8586 {
8587     if (coord < 0)
8588         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8589
8590     if (!defaultDist)
8591         defaultDist = 1;
8592
8593     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8594            i_min = 0;
8595
8596     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8597     {
8598         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8599             return i_max;
8600         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8601     }
8602
8603     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8604     {
8605         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8606     }
8607     else
8608     {
8609         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8610         {
8611             i_min = i_max;
8612             if (minDist)
8613                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8614             else
8615                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8616         }
8617
8618         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8619             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8620     }
8621
8622     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8623         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8624     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8625         return 0;
8626
8627     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8628     {
8629         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8630                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8631         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8632             return i_max;
8633         else
8634             i_max--;
8635         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8636         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8637             i_max = median;
8638         else
8639             i_min = median;
8640     }
8641
8642     return i_max;
8643 }
8644
8645 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8646 {
8647     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8648                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8649 }
8650
8651 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8652 {
8653     if (x < 0)
8654         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8655
8656     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8657
8658     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8659     int minPos = 0;
8660
8661     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8662     {
8663         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8664             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8665         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8666     }
8667
8668     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8669         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8670     else
8671     {
8672         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8673         {
8674             minPos = maxPos;
8675             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8676                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8677             else
8678                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8679         }
8680         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8681             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8682     }
8683
8684     //X is beyond the last column
8685     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8686         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8687
8688     //X is before the first column
8689     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8690         return GetColAt( 0 );
8691
8692     //Perform a binary search
8693     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8694     {
8695         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8696                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8697
8698         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8699             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8700         else
8701             maxPos--;
8702         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8703         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8704             maxPos = median;
8705         else
8706             minPos = median;
8707     }
8708     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8709 }
8710
8711 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8712 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8713 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8714 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8715 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8716 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8717 //        near the edge).
8718 //   and
8719 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8720 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8721 //
8722 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8723 {
8724     int i;
8725     i = internalYToRow(y);
8726
8727     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8728     {
8729         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8730         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8731         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8732             return i;
8733         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8734             return i - 1;
8735     }
8736
8737     return -1;
8738 }
8739
8740 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8741 // -1 if not near an edge
8742 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8743 //
8744 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8745 {
8746     int i;
8747     i = internalXToCol(x);
8748
8749     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8750     {
8751         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8752         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8753         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8754             return i;
8755         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8756             return i - 1;
8757     }
8758
8759     return -1;
8760 }
8761
8762 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8763 {
8764     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8765
8766     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8767          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8768     {
8769         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8770         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8771         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8772         // if negative then find multicell owner
8773         if (cell_rows < 0)
8774             row += cell_rows;
8775         if (cell_cols < 0)
8776              col += cell_cols;
8777         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8778
8779         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8780         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8781         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8782             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8783         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8784             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8785     }
8786
8787     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8788     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8789     {
8790         rect.width -= 1;
8791         rect.height -= 1;
8792     }
8793
8794     return rect;
8795 }
8796
8797 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8798 {
8799     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8800     //
8801     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8802
8803     // convert to device coords
8804     //
8805     int left, top, right, bottom;
8806     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8807     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8808
8809     // check against the client area of the grid window
8810     int cw, ch;
8811     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8812
8813     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8814     {
8815         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8816         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8817                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8818     }
8819     else
8820     {
8821         // is the cell partly visible ?
8822         //
8823         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8824                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8825     }
8826 }
8827
8828 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8829 // of scrolling
8830 //
8831 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8832 {
8833     int i;
8834     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8835
8836     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8837          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8838     {
8839         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8840         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8841
8842         // convert to device coords
8843         int left, top, right, bottom;
8844         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8845         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8846
8847         int cw, ch;
8848         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8849
8850         if ( top < 0 )
8851         {
8852             ypos = r.GetTop();
8853         }
8854         else if ( bottom > ch )
8855         {
8856             int h = r.GetHeight();
8857             ypos = r.GetTop();
8858             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8859             {
8860                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8861                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8862                     break;
8863
8864                 h += rowHeight;
8865                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8866             }
8867
8868             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8869             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8870             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8871             //
8872             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8873             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8874             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8875         }
8876
8877         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8878         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8879         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8880 //      if ( left < 0 )
8881         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8882         {
8883             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8884         }
8885         else if ( right > cw )
8886         {
8887             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8888             int x0, y0;
8889             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8890             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8891
8892             // see comment for ypos above
8893             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8894         }
8895
8896         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8897         {
8898             if ( xpos != -1 )
8899                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8900             if ( ypos != -1 )
8901                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8902             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8903             AdjustScrollbars();
8904         }
8905     }
8906 }
8907
8908 //
8909 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8910 //
8911
8912 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8913 {
8914     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8915          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8916     {
8917         if ( expandSelection )
8918         {
8919             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8920                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8921             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8922             {
8923                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8924                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8925                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8926                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8927             }
8928         }
8929         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8930         {
8931             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8932             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8933             ClearSelection();
8934             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8935             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8936         }
8937         else
8938             return false;
8939
8940         return true;
8941     }
8942
8943     return false;
8944 }
8945
8946 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8947 {
8948     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8949          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8950     {
8951         if ( expandSelection )
8952         {
8953             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8954                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8955             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8956             {
8957                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8958                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8959                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8960                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8961             }
8962         }
8963         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8964         {
8965             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8966             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8967             ClearSelection();
8968             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8969             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8970         }
8971         else
8972             return false;
8973
8974         return true;
8975     }
8976
8977     return false;
8978 }
8979
8980 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8981 {
8982     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8983          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8984     {
8985         if ( expandSelection )
8986         {
8987             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8988                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8989             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8990             {
8991                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8992                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8993                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8994                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8995             }
8996         }
8997         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8998         {
8999             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9000             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
9001             ClearSelection();
9002
9003             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9004             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9005         }
9006         else
9007             return false;
9008
9009         return true;
9010     }
9011
9012     return false;
9013 }
9014
9015 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9016 {
9017     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9018          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9019     {
9020         if ( expandSelection )
9021         {
9022             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9023                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9024             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9025             {
9026                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9027                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9028                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9029                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9030             }
9031         }
9032         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9033         {
9034             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9035             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9036             ClearSelection();
9037
9038             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9039             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9040         }
9041         else
9042             return false;
9043
9044         return true;
9045     }
9046
9047     return false;
9048 }
9049
9050 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9051 {
9052     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9053         return false;
9054
9055     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9056     if ( row > 0 )
9057     {
9058         int cw, ch;
9059         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9060
9061         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9062         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9063
9064         if ( newRow == row )
9065         {
9066             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9067             newRow = row - 1;
9068         }
9069
9070         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9071         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9072
9073         return true;
9074     }
9075
9076     return false;
9077 }
9078
9079 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9080 {
9081     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9082         return false;
9083
9084     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9085     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9086     {
9087         int cw, ch;
9088         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9089
9090         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9091         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9092         if ( newRow == row )
9093         {
9094             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9095             newRow = row + 1;
9096         }
9097
9098         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9099         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9100
9101         return true;
9102     }
9103
9104     return false;
9105 }
9106
9107 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9108 {
9109     if ( m_table &&
9110          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9111          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9112     {
9113         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9114         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9115
9116         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9117         {
9118             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9119             // non-empty cells
9120             //
9121             while ( row > 0 )
9122             {
9123                 row--;
9124                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9125                     break;
9126             }
9127         }
9128         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9129         {
9130             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9131             //
9132             row--;
9133             while ( row > 0 )
9134             {
9135                 row--;
9136                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9137                     break;
9138             }
9139         }
9140         else
9141         {
9142             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9143             //
9144             while ( row > 0 )
9145             {
9146                 row--;
9147                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9148                 {
9149                     row++;
9150                     break;
9151                 }
9152             }
9153         }
9154
9155         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9156         if ( expandSelection )
9157         {
9158             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9159             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9160         }
9161         else
9162         {
9163             ClearSelection();
9164             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9165         }
9166
9167         return true;
9168     }
9169
9170     return false;
9171 }
9172
9173 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9174 {
9175     if ( m_table &&
9176          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9177          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9178     {
9179         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9180         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9181
9182         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9183         {
9184             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9185             // non-empty cells
9186             //
9187             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9188             {
9189                 row++;
9190                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9191                     break;
9192             }
9193         }
9194         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9195         {
9196             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9197             //
9198             row++;
9199             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9200             {
9201                 row++;
9202                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9203                     break;
9204             }
9205         }
9206         else
9207         {
9208             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9209             //
9210             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9211             {
9212                 row++;
9213                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9214                 {
9215                     row--;
9216                     break;
9217                 }
9218             }
9219         }
9220
9221         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9222         if ( expandSelection )
9223         {
9224             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9225             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9226         }
9227         else
9228         {
9229             ClearSelection();
9230             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9231         }
9232
9233         return true;
9234     }
9235
9236     return false;
9237 }
9238
9239 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9240 {
9241     if ( m_table &&
9242          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9243          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9244     {
9245         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9246         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9247
9248         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9249         {
9250             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9251             // non-empty cells
9252             //
9253             while ( col > 0 )
9254             {
9255                 col--;
9256                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9257                     break;
9258             }
9259         }
9260         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9261         {
9262             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9263             //
9264             col--;
9265             while ( col > 0 )
9266             {
9267                 col--;
9268                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9269                     break;
9270             }
9271         }
9272         else
9273         {
9274             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9275             //
9276             while ( col > 0 )
9277             {
9278                 col--;
9279                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9280                 {
9281                     col++;
9282                     break;
9283                 }
9284             }
9285         }
9286
9287         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9288         if ( expandSelection )
9289         {
9290             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9291             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9292         }
9293         else
9294         {
9295             ClearSelection();
9296             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9297         }
9298
9299         return true;
9300     }
9301
9302     return false;
9303 }
9304
9305 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9306 {
9307     if ( m_table &&
9308          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9309          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9310     {
9311         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9312         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9313
9314         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9315         {
9316             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9317             // non-empty cells
9318             //
9319             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9320             {
9321                 col++;
9322                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9323                     break;
9324             }
9325         }
9326         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9327         {
9328             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9329             //
9330             col++;
9331             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9332             {
9333                 col++;
9334                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9335                     break;
9336             }
9337         }
9338         else
9339         {
9340             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9341             //
9342             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9343             {
9344                 col++;
9345                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9346                 {
9347                     col--;
9348                     break;
9349                 }
9350             }
9351         }
9352
9353         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9354         if ( expandSelection )
9355         {
9356             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9357             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9358         }
9359         else
9360         {
9361             ClearSelection();
9362             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9363         }
9364
9365         return true;
9366     }
9367
9368     return false;
9369 }
9370
9371 //
9372 // ------ Label values and formatting
9373 //
9374
9375 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9376 {
9377     if ( horiz )
9378         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9379     if ( vert )
9380         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9381 }
9382
9383 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9384 {
9385     if ( horiz )
9386         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9387     if ( vert )
9388         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9389 }
9390
9391 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9392 {
9393     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9394 }
9395
9396 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9397 {
9398     if ( m_table )
9399     {
9400         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9401     }
9402     else
9403     {
9404         wxString s;
9405         s << row;
9406         return s;
9407     }
9408 }
9409
9410 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9411 {
9412     if ( m_table )
9413     {
9414         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9415     }
9416     else
9417     {
9418         wxString s;
9419         s << col;
9420         return s;
9421     }
9422 }
9423
9424 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9425 {
9426     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9427
9428     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9429     {
9430         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9431     }
9432
9433     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9434     {
9435         if ( width == 0 )
9436         {
9437             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9438             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9439         }
9440         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9441         {
9442             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9443             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9444                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9445         }
9446
9447         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9448         CalcWindowSizes();
9449         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9450     }
9451 }
9452
9453 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9454 {
9455     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9456
9457     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9458     {
9459         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9460     }
9461
9462     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9463     {
9464         if ( height == 0 )
9465         {
9466             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9467             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9468         }
9469         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9470         {
9471             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9472             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9473                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9474         }
9475
9476         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9477         CalcWindowSizes();
9478         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9479     }
9480 }
9481
9482 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9483 {
9484     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9485     {
9486         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9487         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9488         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9489         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9490
9491         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9492         {
9493             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9494             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9495             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9496         }
9497     }
9498 }
9499
9500 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9501 {
9502     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9503     {
9504         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9505         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9506         {
9507             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9508             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9509         }
9510     }
9511 }
9512
9513 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9514 {
9515     m_labelFont = font;
9516     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9517     {
9518         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9519         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9520     }
9521 }
9522
9523 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9524 {
9525     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9526     switch ( horiz )
9527     {
9528         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9529         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9530         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9531     }
9532
9533     switch ( vert )
9534     {
9535         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9536         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9537         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9538     }
9539
9540     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9541     {
9542         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9543     }
9544
9545     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9546     {
9547         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9548     }
9549
9550     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9551     {
9552         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9553     }
9554 }
9555
9556 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9557 {
9558     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9559     switch ( horiz )
9560     {
9561         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9562         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9563         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9564     }
9565
9566     switch ( vert )
9567     {
9568         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9569         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9570         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9571     }
9572
9573     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9574     {
9575         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9576     }
9577
9578     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9579     {
9580         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9581     }
9582
9583     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9584     {
9585         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9586     }
9587 }
9588
9589 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9590 //       does not support vertical printing
9591 //
9592 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9593 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9594 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9595 //
9596 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9597 {
9598     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9599         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9600
9601     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9602         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9603 }
9604
9605 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9606 {
9607     if ( m_table )
9608     {
9609         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9610         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9611         {
9612             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9613             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9614             {
9615                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9616                 rect.x = 0;
9617                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9618                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9619             }
9620         }
9621     }
9622 }
9623
9624 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9625 {
9626     if ( m_table )
9627     {
9628         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9629         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9630         {
9631             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9632             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9633             {
9634                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9635                 rect.y = 0;
9636                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9637                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9638             }
9639         }
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9644 {
9645     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9646     {
9647         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9648
9649         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9650         PrepareDC( dc );
9651         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9652     }
9653 }
9654
9655 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9656 {
9657     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9658     {
9659         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9660
9661         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9662         PrepareDC( dc );
9663         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9664         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9665         attr->DecRef();
9666     }
9667 }
9668
9669 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9670 {
9671     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9672     {
9673         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9674
9675         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9676         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9677         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9678         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9679         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9680             return;
9681
9682         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9683         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9684     }
9685 }
9686
9687 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9688 {
9689     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9690     {
9691         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9692
9693         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9694         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9695         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9696         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9697         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9698                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9699             return;
9700
9701         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9702         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9703     }
9704 }
9705
9706 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9707 {
9708     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9709     {
9710         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9711
9712         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9713         {
9714             if ( enable )
9715             {
9716                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9717                 PrepareDC( dc );
9718                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9719             }
9720             else
9721             {
9722                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9723             }
9724         }
9725     }
9726 }
9727
9728 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9729 {
9730     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9731 }
9732
9733 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9734 {
9735     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9736
9737     return GetRowHeight(row);
9738 }
9739
9740 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9741 {
9742     return m_defaultColWidth;
9743 }
9744
9745 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9746 {
9747     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9748
9749     return GetColWidth(col);
9750 }
9751
9752 // ============================================================================
9753 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9754 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9755 // ============================================================================
9756
9757 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9758 // setting default attributes
9759 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9760
9761 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9762 {
9763     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9764 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9765     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9766 #endif
9767 }
9768
9769 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9770 {
9771     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9772 }
9773
9774 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9775 {
9776     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9777 }
9778
9779 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9780 {
9781     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9782 }
9783
9784 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9785 {
9786     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9787 }
9788
9789 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9790 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9791 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9792 // work correctly.
9793
9794 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9795 {
9796     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9797                      renderer,
9798                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9799 }
9800
9801 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9802 {
9803     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9804                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9805                      editor);
9806 }
9807
9808 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9809 // access to the default attributes
9810 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9811
9812 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9813 {
9814     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9815 }
9816
9817 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9818 {
9819     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9820 }
9821
9822 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9823 {
9824     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9825 }
9826
9827 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9828 {
9829     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9830 }
9831
9832 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9833 {
9834     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9835 }
9836
9837 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9838 {
9839     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9840 }
9841
9842 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9843 {
9844     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9845 }
9846
9847 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9848 // access to cell attributes
9849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9850
9851 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9852 {
9853     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9854     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9855     attr->DecRef();
9856
9857     return colour;
9858 }
9859
9860 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9861 {
9862     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9863     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9864     attr->DecRef();
9865
9866     return colour;
9867 }
9868
9869 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9870 {
9871     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9872     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9873     attr->DecRef();
9874
9875     return font;
9876 }
9877
9878 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9879 {
9880     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9881     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9882     attr->DecRef();
9883 }
9884
9885 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9886 {
9887     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9888     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9889     attr->DecRef();
9890
9891     return allow;
9892 }
9893
9894 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9895 {
9896     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9897     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9898     attr->DecRef();
9899 }
9900
9901 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9902 {
9903     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9904     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9905     attr->DecRef();
9906
9907     return renderer;
9908 }
9909
9910 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9911 {
9912     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9913     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9914     attr->DecRef();
9915
9916     return editor;
9917 }
9918
9919 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9920 {
9921     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9922     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9923     attr->DecRef();
9924
9925     return isReadOnly;
9926 }
9927
9928 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9929 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9930 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9931
9932 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9933 {
9934     if ( !m_table )
9935     {
9936         return false;
9937     }
9938
9939     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9940 }
9941
9942 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9943 {
9944     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9945     {
9946         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9947         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9948         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9949         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9950         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9951         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9952         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9953         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9954     }
9955 }
9956
9957 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9958 {
9959     if ( attr != NULL )
9960     {
9961         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9962
9963         self->ClearAttrCache();
9964         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9965         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9966         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9967         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9968     }
9969 }
9970
9971 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9972 {
9973     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9974     {
9975         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9976         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9977
9978 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9979         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9980 #endif
9981
9982         return true;
9983     }
9984     else
9985     {
9986 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9987         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9988 #endif
9989
9990         return false;
9991     }
9992 }
9993
9994 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9995 {
9996     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9997     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9998     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9999     if ( row >= 0 )
10000     {
10001         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
10002         {
10003             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
10004                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10005             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
10006         }
10007     }
10008
10009     if (attr)
10010     {
10011         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10012     }
10013     else
10014     {
10015         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10016         attr->IncRef();
10017     }
10018
10019     return attr;
10020 }
10021
10022 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10023 {
10024     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10025     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10026
10027     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10028     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10029
10030     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10031     if ( !attr )
10032     {
10033         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10034
10035         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10036         attr->IncRef();
10037         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10038     }
10039
10040     return attr;
10041 }
10042
10043 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10044 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10045 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10046
10047 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10048 {
10049     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10050 }
10051
10052 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10053 {
10054     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10055 }
10056
10057 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10058 {
10059     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10060     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10061     {
10062         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10063     }
10064
10065     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10066 }
10067
10068 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10069 {
10070     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10071     if (!attr)
10072         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10073     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10074     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10075     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10076     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10077
10078     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10079
10080 }
10081
10082 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10083 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10084 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10085
10086 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10087 {
10088     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10089     {
10090         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10091         ClearAttrCache();
10092     }
10093     else
10094     {
10095         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10096     }
10097 }
10098
10099 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10100 {
10101     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10102     {
10103         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10104         ClearAttrCache();
10105     }
10106     else
10107     {
10108         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10109     }
10110 }
10111
10112 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10113 {
10114     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10115     {
10116         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10117         ClearAttrCache();
10118     }
10119     else
10120     {
10121         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10122     }
10123 }
10124
10125 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10126 {
10127     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10128     {
10129         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10130         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10131         attr->DecRef();
10132     }
10133 }
10134
10135 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10136 {
10137     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10138     {
10139         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10140         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10141         attr->DecRef();
10142     }
10143 }
10144
10145 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10146 {
10147     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10148     {
10149         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10150         attr->SetFont(font);
10151         attr->DecRef();
10152     }
10153 }
10154
10155 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10156 {
10157     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10158     {
10159         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10160         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10161         attr->DecRef();
10162     }
10163 }
10164
10165 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10166 {
10167     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10168     {
10169         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10170         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10171         attr->DecRef();
10172     }
10173 }
10174
10175 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10176 {
10177     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10178     {
10179         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10180
10181         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10182         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10183         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10184         attr->DecRef();
10185
10186         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10187         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10188         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10189         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10190         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10191                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10192         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10193                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10194
10195         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10196         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10197         {
10198             int i, j;
10199             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10200             {
10201                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10202                 {
10203                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10204                     {
10205                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10206                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10207                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10208                     }
10209                 }
10210             }
10211         }
10212
10213         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10214         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10215         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10216         {
10217             int i, j;
10218             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10219             {
10220                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10221                 {
10222                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10223                     {
10224                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10225                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10226                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10227                     }
10228                 }
10229             }
10230         }
10231     }
10232 }
10233
10234 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10235 {
10236     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10237     {
10238         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10239         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10240         attr->DecRef();
10241     }
10242 }
10243
10244 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10245 {
10246     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10247     {
10248         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10249         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10250         attr->DecRef();
10251     }
10252 }
10253
10254 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10255 {
10256     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10257     {
10258         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10259         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10260         attr->DecRef();
10261     }
10262 }
10263
10264 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10265 // Data type registration
10266 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10267
10268 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10269                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10270                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10271 {
10272     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10273 }
10274
10275
10276 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10277 {
10278     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10279     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10280 }
10281
10282 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10283 {
10284     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10285     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10286 }
10287
10288 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10289 {
10290     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10291     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10292     {
10293         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10294
10295         return NULL;
10296     }
10297
10298     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10299 }
10300
10301 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10302 {
10303     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10304     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10305     {
10306         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10307
10308         return NULL;
10309     }
10310
10311     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10312 }
10313
10314 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10315 // row/col size
10316 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10317
10318 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10319 {
10320     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10321 }
10322
10323 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10324 {
10325     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10326 }
10327
10328 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10329 {
10330     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10331 }
10332
10333 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10334 {
10335     m_canDragCell = enable;
10336 }
10337
10338 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10339 {
10340     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10341
10342     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10343     {
10344         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10345         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10346         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10347         // some speed optimisations)
10348         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10349         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10350         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10351             CalcDimensions();
10352     }
10353 }
10354
10355 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10356 {
10357     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10358
10359     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10360     if ( height < 0 )
10361     {
10362         long w, h;
10363         wxArrayString lines;
10364         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10365         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10366         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10367         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10368         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10369         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10370     }
10371
10372     // See comment in SetColSize
10373     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10374         return;
10375
10376     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10377     {
10378         // need to really create the array
10379         InitRowHeights();
10380     }
10381
10382     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10383     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10384
10385     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10386     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10387     {
10388         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10389     }
10390
10391     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10392         CalcDimensions();
10393 }
10394
10395 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10396 {
10397     // we dont allow zero default column width
10398     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10399
10400     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10401     {
10402         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10403         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10404         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10405         // some speed optimisations)
10406         m_colWidths.Empty();
10407         m_colRights.Empty();
10408         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10409             CalcDimensions();
10410     }
10411 }
10412
10413 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10414 {
10415     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10416
10417     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10418     if ( width < 0 )
10419     {
10420         long w, h;
10421         wxArrayString lines;
10422         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10423         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10424         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10425         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10426             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10427         else
10428             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10429         width = w + 6;
10430         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10431         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10432     }
10433
10434     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10435     //                                                                 (VZ)
10436     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10437     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10438     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10439     //
10440     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10441
10442     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10443         return;
10444
10445     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10446     {
10447         // need to really create the array
10448         InitColWidths();
10449     }
10450
10451     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10452     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10453     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10454
10455     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10456     {
10457         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10458     }
10459
10460     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10461         CalcDimensions();
10462 }
10463
10464 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10465 {
10466     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10467     {
10468         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10469         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10470     }
10471 }
10472
10473 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10474 {
10475     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10476     {
10477         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10478         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10479     }
10480 }
10481
10482 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10483 {
10484     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10485     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10486
10487     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10488 }
10489
10490 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10491 {
10492     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10493     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10494
10495     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10496 }
10497
10498 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10499 {
10500     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10501     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10502     if ( width >= 0 )
10503         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10504 }
10505
10506 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10507 {
10508     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10509     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10510     if ( height >= 0 )
10511         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10512 }
10513
10514 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10515 {
10516     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10517 }
10518
10519 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10520 {
10521     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10522 }
10523
10524 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10525 // auto sizing
10526 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10527
10528 void
10529 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10530 {
10531     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10532
10533     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10534
10535     // cancel editing of cell
10536     HideCellEditControl();
10537     SaveEditControlValue();
10538
10539     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10540     int row = -1,
10541         col = -1;
10542     if ( column )
10543         col = colOrRow;
10544     else
10545         row = colOrRow;
10546
10547     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10548     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10549     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10550     {
10551         if ( column )
10552             row = rowOrCol;
10553         else
10554             col = rowOrCol;
10555
10556         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10557         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10558         if ( renderer )
10559         {
10560             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10561             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10562             if ( extent > extentMax )
10563                 extentMax = extent;
10564
10565             renderer->DecRef();
10566         }
10567
10568         attr->DecRef();
10569     }
10570
10571     // now also compare with the column label extent
10572     wxCoord w, h;
10573     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10574
10575     if ( column )
10576     {
10577         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10578         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10579             w = h;
10580     }
10581     else
10582         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10583
10584     extent = column ? w : h;
10585     if ( extent > extentMax )
10586         extentMax = extent;
10587
10588     if ( !extentMax )
10589     {
10590         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10591         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10592         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10593     }
10594     else
10595     {
10596         if ( column )
10597             // leave some space around text
10598             extentMax += 10;
10599         else
10600             extentMax += 6;
10601     }
10602
10603     if ( column )
10604     {
10605         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10606         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10607         // in SetColSize().
10608         if ( !setAsMin )
10609             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10610
10611         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10612         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10613         {
10614             int cw, ch, dummy;
10615             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10616             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10617             rect.y = 0;
10618             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10619             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10620             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10621             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10622         }
10623     }
10624     else
10625     {
10626         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10627         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10628         // in SetRowSize().
10629         if ( !setAsMin )
10630             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10631
10632         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10633         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10634         {
10635             int cw, ch, dummy;
10636             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10637             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10638             rect.x = 0;
10639             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10640             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10641             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10642             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10643         }
10644     }
10645
10646     if ( setAsMin )
10647     {
10648         if ( column )
10649             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10650         else
10651             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10652     }
10653 }
10654
10655 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10656 {
10657     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10658     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10659
10660     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10661                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10662     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10663
10664     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10665     //
10666     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10667     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10668     const bool
10669         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10670
10671     wxArrayString lines;
10672     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10673
10674     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10675     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10676     {
10677         lines.Clear();
10678
10679         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10680                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10681         StringToLines(label, lines);
10682
10683         long w, h;
10684         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10685
10686         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10687         if ( extent > extentMax )
10688             extentMax = extent;
10689     }
10690
10691     if ( !extentMax )
10692     {
10693         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10694         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10695         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10696                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10697     }
10698
10699     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10700     if ( calcRows )
10701         extentMax += 10;
10702     else
10703         extentMax += 6;
10704
10705     return extentMax;
10706 }
10707
10708 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10709 {
10710     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10711
10712     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10713     if(!calcOnly)
10714         locker.Create(this);
10715
10716     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10717     {
10718         if ( !calcOnly )
10719             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10720
10721         width += GetColWidth(col);
10722     }
10723
10724     return width;
10725 }
10726
10727 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10728 {
10729     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10730
10731     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10732     if(!calcOnly)
10733         locker.Create(this);
10734
10735     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10736     {
10737         if ( !calcOnly )
10738             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10739
10740         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10741     }
10742
10743     return height;
10744 }
10745
10746 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10747 {
10748     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10749
10750     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10751     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10752     // exactly to fit our contents
10753     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10754                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10755     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10756                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10757
10758     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10759     // extra white space
10760     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10761     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10762     {
10763         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10764         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10765         if ( diffPerCol )
10766         {
10767             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10768             {
10769                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10770             }
10771         }
10772
10773         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10774         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10775         if ( diff )
10776         {
10777             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10778             {
10779                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10780             }
10781         }
10782     }
10783
10784     // same for rows
10785     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10786     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10787     {
10788         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10789         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10790         if ( diffPerRow )
10791         {
10792             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10793             {
10794                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10795             }
10796         }
10797
10798         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10799         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10800         if ( diff )
10801         {
10802             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10803             {
10804                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10805             }
10806         }
10807     }
10808
10809     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10810     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10811     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10812     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10813     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10814 }
10815
10816 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10817 {
10818     // Hide the edit control, so it
10819     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10820     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10821     {
10822         HideCellEditControl();
10823         SaveEditControlValue();
10824     }
10825
10826     // autosize row height depending on label text
10827     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10828     ForceRefresh();
10829 }
10830
10831 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10832 {
10833     // Hide the edit control, so it
10834     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10835     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10836     {
10837         HideCellEditControl();
10838         SaveEditControlValue();
10839     }
10840
10841     // autosize column width depending on label text
10842     SetColSize(col, -1);
10843     ForceRefresh();
10844 }
10845
10846 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10847 {
10848     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10849
10850     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10851     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10852     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10853                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10854     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10855                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10856
10857     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10858     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10859     // calculation.
10860     // CacheBestSize(size);
10861
10862     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10863             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10864 }
10865
10866 void wxGrid::Fit()
10867 {
10868     AutoSize();
10869 }
10870
10871 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10872 {
10873     return wxNullPen;
10874 }
10875
10876 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10877 // cell value accessor functions
10878 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10879
10880 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10881 {
10882     if ( m_table )
10883     {
10884         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10885         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10886         {
10887             int dummy;
10888             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10889             rect.x = 0;
10890             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10891             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10892             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10893         }
10894
10895         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10896              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10897              IsCellEditControlShown())
10898              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10899              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10900              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10901         {
10902             HideCellEditControl();
10903             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10904         }
10905     }
10906 }
10907
10908 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10909 // block, row and column selection
10910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10911
10912 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10913 {
10914     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10915         ClearSelection();
10916
10917     if ( m_selection )
10918         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10919 }
10920
10921 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10922 {
10923     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10924         ClearSelection();
10925
10926     if ( m_selection )
10927         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10928 }
10929
10930 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10931                           bool addToSelected )
10932 {
10933     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10934         ClearSelection();
10935
10936     if ( m_selection )
10937         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10938                                   false, addToSelected );
10939 }
10940
10941 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10942 {
10943     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10944     {
10945         if ( m_selection )
10946             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10947     }
10948 }
10949
10950 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10951 // cell, row and col deselection
10952 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10953
10954 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10955 {
10956     if ( !m_selection )
10957         return;
10958
10959     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10960     {
10961         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10962             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10963     }
10964     else
10965     {
10966         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10967         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10968         {
10969             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10970                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10971         }
10972     }
10973 }
10974
10975 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10976 {
10977     if ( !m_selection )
10978         return;
10979
10980     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10981     {
10982         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10983             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10984     }
10985     else
10986     {
10987         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10988         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10989         {
10990             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10991                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10992         }
10993     }
10994 }
10995
10996 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10997 {
10998     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10999         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
11000 }
11001
11002 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
11003 {
11004     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
11005              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
11006                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
11007 }
11008
11009 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
11010 {
11011     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
11012              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
11013                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
11014                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
11015                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
11016 }
11017
11018 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
11019 {
11020     if (!m_selection)
11021     {
11022         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11023         return a;
11024     }
11025
11026     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
11027 }
11028
11029 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
11030 {
11031     if (!m_selection)
11032     {
11033         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11034         return a;
11035     }
11036
11037     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11038 }
11039
11040 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11041 {
11042     if (!m_selection)
11043     {
11044         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11045         return a;
11046     }
11047
11048     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11049 }
11050
11051 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11052 {
11053     if (!m_selection)
11054     {
11055         wxArrayInt a;
11056         return a;
11057     }
11058
11059     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11060 }
11061
11062 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11063 {
11064     if (!m_selection)
11065     {
11066         wxArrayInt a;
11067         return a;
11068     }
11069
11070     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11071 }
11072
11073 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11074 {
11075     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11076     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11077     m_selectingTopLeft =
11078     m_selectingBottomRight =
11079     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11080     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11081     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11082     if ( m_selection )
11083         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11084 }
11085
11086 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11087 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11088 //
11089 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11090                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11091 {
11092     wxRect resultRect;
11093     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11094     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11095     {
11096         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11097     }
11098     else
11099     {
11100         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11101     }
11102
11103     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11104     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11105     {
11106         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11107     }
11108     else
11109     {
11110         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11111         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11112     }
11113
11114     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11115     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11116     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11117     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11118     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11119
11120     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11121     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11122     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11123     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11124
11125     if (left > right)
11126     {
11127         int tmp = left;
11128         left = right;
11129         right = tmp;
11130
11131         tmp = leftCol;
11132         leftCol = rightCol;
11133         rightCol = tmp;
11134     }
11135
11136     if (top > bottom)
11137     {
11138         int tmp = top;
11139         top = bottom;
11140         bottom = tmp;
11141
11142         tmp = topRow;
11143         topRow = bottomRow;
11144         bottomRow = tmp;
11145     }
11146
11147     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11148     int cw, ch;
11149     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11150
11151     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11152     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11153     int gridOriginX = 0;
11154     int gridOriginY = 0;
11155     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11156
11157     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11158     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11159
11160     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11161     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11162
11163     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11164     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11165     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11166     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11167     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11168     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11169     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11170     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11171
11172     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11173     {
11174         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11175         {
11176             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11177                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11178             {
11179                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11180
11181                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11182                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11183                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11184                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11185                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11186                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11187                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11188                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11189             }
11190             else
11191             {
11192                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11193             }
11194         }
11195     }
11196
11197     // Convert to scrolled coords
11198     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11199     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11200
11201     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11202         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11203
11204     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11205     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11206     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11207     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11208
11209     return resultRect;
11210 }
11211
11212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11213 // drop target
11214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11215
11216 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11217
11218 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11219 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11220 {
11221     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11222 }
11223
11224 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11225
11226 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11227 // grid event classes
11228 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11229
11230 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11231
11232 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11233                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11234                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11235         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11236 {
11237     m_row = row;
11238     m_col = col;
11239     m_x = x;
11240     m_y = y;
11241     m_selecting = sel;
11242     m_control = control;
11243     m_shift = shift;
11244     m_alt = alt;
11245     m_meta = meta;
11246
11247     SetEventObject(obj);
11248 }
11249
11250
11251 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11252
11253 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11254                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11255                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11256         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11257 {
11258     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11259     m_x = x;
11260     m_y = y;
11261     m_control = control;
11262     m_shift = shift;
11263     m_alt = alt;
11264     m_meta = meta;
11265
11266     SetEventObject(obj);
11267 }
11268
11269
11270 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11271
11272 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11273                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11274                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11275                                                bool sel, bool control,
11276                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11277         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11278 {
11279     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11280     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11281     m_selecting = sel;
11282     m_control = control;
11283     m_shift = shift;
11284     m_alt = alt;
11285     m_meta = meta;
11286
11287     SetEventObject(obj);
11288 }
11289
11290
11291 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11292
11293 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11294                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11295                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11296     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11297 {
11298     SetEventObject(obj);
11299     m_row = row;
11300     m_col = col;
11301     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11302 }
11303
11304 #endif // wxUSE_GRID